blob: 9d351ec5ad8c2d51760ca0c43571586e8527d265 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000041
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050042Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Day974ed2f2012-11-14 02:03:20 +000045
46 make CHANGELOG
47
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000048
49Where to get help:
50==================
51
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000052In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050053U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050054<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000058
59
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010060Where to get source code:
61=========================
62
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050063The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010064git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66
67The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020068any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70directory.
71
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010072Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010073ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74
75
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000076Where we come from:
77===================
78
79- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000080- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000081- clean up code
82- make it easier to add custom boards
83- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84- extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020088 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +020092- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000093
94
95Names and Spelling:
96===================
97
98The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100in source files etc.). Example:
101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103
104File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109
110Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000112
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
115
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000116
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000117Versioning:
118===========
119
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200120Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa30245ca2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131
132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000133Directory Hierarchy:
134====================
135
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamadaef6ebff2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500140 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000143 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500144 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400145 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200146 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500147 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400149 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
151/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuanfb1f9392016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800152/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500154/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500155/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
156/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
157/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400158/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500159/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
160/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
161/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500162/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
163/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500164/net Networking code
165/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500166/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
167/test Various unit test files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000169
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000170Software Configuration:
171=======================
172
173Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
174rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
175
176There are two classes of configuration variables:
177
178* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
179 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
180 "CONFIG_".
181
182* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
183 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
184 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200185 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000186
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500187Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
188symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
189U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
190allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
191build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000192
193
194Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
195---------------------------------------------------
196
197For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200198configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000199
200Example: For a TQM823L module type:
201
202 cd u-boot
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200203 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000204
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500205Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
206you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
207doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000208
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600209Sandbox Environment:
210--------------------
211
212U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
213board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
214specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
215run some of U-Boot's tests.
216
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki287314f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530217See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600218
219
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700220Board Initialisation Flow:
221--------------------------
222
223This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500224SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
225
226Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
227more detail later in this file.
228
229At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
230and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
231may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
232CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700233
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500234Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
235CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
236
237 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
238 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
239 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
240
241and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
242limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700243
244lowlevel_init():
245 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
246 - no global_data or BSS
247 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
248 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
249 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
250 board_init_f()
251 - this is almost never needed
252 - return normally from this function
253
254board_init_f():
255 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
256 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
257 - global_data is available
258 - stack is in SRAM
259 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
260 only stack variables and global_data
261
262 Non-SPL-specific notes:
263 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
264 can do nothing
265
266 SPL-specific notes:
267 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
268 version as needed.
269 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
270 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
271 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
272 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
273 directly)
274
275Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
276this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
277CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
278memory.
279
280board_init_r():
281 - purpose: main execution, common code
282 - global_data is available
283 - SDRAM is available
284 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
285 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
286
287 Non-SPL-specific notes:
288 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
289 there.
290
291 SPL-specific notes:
292 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
293 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
294 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
Ley Foon Tan48fcc4a2017-05-03 17:13:32 +0800295 done by selecting CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700296 spl_board_init() function containing this call
297 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
298
299
300
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000301Configuration Options:
302----------------------
303
304Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
305such information is kept in a configuration file
306"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
307
308Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
309"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
310
311
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000312Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
313kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
314build a config tool - later.
315
316
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000317The following options need to be configured:
318
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500319- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000320
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500321- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200322
323- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen9d5a43f2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100324 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000325
Lei Wen20014762011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530326- Marvell Family Member
327 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
328 multiple fs option at one time
329 for marvell soc family
330
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200331- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000332 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
333 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
335 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000336 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
337 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000338
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000339- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200340 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
341 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000343 See doc/README.MPC866
344
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200345 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000346
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000347 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
348 of relying on the correctness of the configured
349 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
350 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
351 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200352 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000353
Heiko Schocher734f0272009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100354 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
355
356 Define this option if you want to enable the
357 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
358
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600359- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sun2394a0f2012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000360 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
361
362 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
363 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
364 compliance, among other possible reasons.
365
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000377 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
378
379 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
380 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
381 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
382
383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
384 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
385
386 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
387 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
388
389 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
390 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
391 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
392 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
393
394 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
395 this erratum.
396
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530397 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
398 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800399 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530400
Prabhakar Kushwahac4c10d12014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530401 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
402 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800403 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwahac4c10d12014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530404
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000405 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
406
407 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
408 according to the A004510 workaround.
409
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
411 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
412 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
413
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
415 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
416 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
417
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
419 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
420 connected to the DSP core.
421
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530422 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
423 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
424
Priyanka Jaine9dcaa82013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
426 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
427 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
428 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
429
Aneesh Bansal8bcbc272014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530430 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
431 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Meng75574052016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800432 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansal8bcbc272014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530433
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800434 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800435 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800436 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
437
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000438- Generic CPU options:
York Sun021d2022014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700439 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
440 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
441 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
442 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
443 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
444
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000445 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
446
447 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
448 values is arch specific.
449
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700450 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
451 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
452 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
453 SoCs.
454
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
456 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
457
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
459 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
460 deskew training are not available.
461
462 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
463 Freescale DDR1 controller.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
466 Freescale DDR2 controller.
467
468 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
469 Freescale DDR3 controller.
470
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
472 Freescale DDR4 controller.
473
York Sun461c9392013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
475 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
476
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
478 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
479 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
480 implemetation.
481
482 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day8d56db92016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400483 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700484 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
485 implementation.
486
487 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
488 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700489 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
490
491 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
492 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
493 DDR3L controllers.
494
495 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
496 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
497 DDR4 controllers.
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700498
Prabhakar Kushwaha62908c22014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
500 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
503 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
504
Prabhakar Kushwaha3c48f582017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530505 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
506 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
507
Prabhakar Kushwahabedc5622017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530508 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
509 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
510
Prabhakar Kushwaha950f2f72014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530511 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
512 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
513 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
514
515 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
516 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
517 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
518 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
519
Prabhakar Kushwaha2c27f122014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530520 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
521 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
522 concatenated with u-boot binary.
523
York Sun29647ab2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
525 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
526
527 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
528 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
529
York Sun3a0916d2014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800530 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
531 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
532 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
533 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
534
York Sunc459ae62014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800535 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
536 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
537 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
538 SoCs with ARM core.
539
York Sun79a779b2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700540 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
541 Number of controllers used as main memory.
542
543 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
544 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
545
Prabhakar Kushwaha122bcfd2015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530546 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
547 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
548
Ruchika Guptabb7143b2014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530549 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
550 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
551
552 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
553 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
554
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200555- MIPS CPU options:
556 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
557
558 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
559 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
560 relocation.
561
562 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
563
564 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
565 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
566 Possible values are:
567 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
568 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
569 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
570 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
571 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
572 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
573 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
574 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
577
578 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
579 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
580
581 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
582
583 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
584 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
585 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
586
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000587- ARM options:
588 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
589
590 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
591 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
592
York Sun77a10972015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700593 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
594 Generic timer clock source frequency.
595
596 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
597 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
598 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
599 at run time.
600
Stephen Warren8d1fb312015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700601- Tegra SoC options:
602 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
603
604 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
605 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
606 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
607
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000608- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000609 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
610
611 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
612 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
613 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
614 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
615 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
616 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
617 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000618 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100619 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000620 default environment.
621
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000622 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
623
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800624 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000625 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
626 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
627
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400628 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200629
630 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400631 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
632 concepts).
633
634 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
635 * New libfdt-based support
636 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500637 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400638
Marcel Ziswilerb29bc712009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200639 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
640 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
641 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
642 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200643 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600644 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200645
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200646 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
647 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500648
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600649 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
650
651 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
652 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000653
Simon Glass6c0be912014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600654 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
655
656 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
657 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
658 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
659 the kernel.
660
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200661 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
662
663 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
664 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
665 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
666 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
667 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
668 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
669
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000670 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
671
672 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
673 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
674 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
675 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
676 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
677 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
678 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
679
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100680- vxWorks boot parameters:
681
682 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Mengfb694b92015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700683 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
684 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100685 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
686
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100687 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
688 the defaults discussed just above.
689
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000690- Cache Configuration:
691 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
692 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
693 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
694
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000695- Cache Configuration for ARM:
696 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
697 controller
698 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
699 controller register space
700
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000701- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200702 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000703
704 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
705
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200706 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000707
708 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
709
710 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
711
712 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
713 the clock speed of the UARTs.
714
715 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
716
717 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
718 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
719 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
720
Karicheri, Muralidharancbc08882014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400721 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
722
723 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
724 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000725
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000726- Console Interface:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000727 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
728 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
729 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
730 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000731
732 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
733 port routines must be defined elsewhere
734 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
735
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000736- Console Baudrate:
737 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
738 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200739 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
740 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000741
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100742- Console Rx buffer length
743 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
744 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher362447f2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100745 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100746 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
747 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
748 the SMC.
749
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000750- Autoboot Command:
751 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
752 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
753 define a command string that is automatically executed
754 when no character is read on the console interface
755 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
756
757 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000758 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
759 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
760 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000761
762 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000763 The value of these goes into the environment as
764 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
765 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200766 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000767
Heiko Schocher040c5c32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100768- Bootcount:
769 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
770 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
771 cycle, see:
772 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
773
774 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
775 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
776 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
777 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
778 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
779 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
780 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
781 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
782 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
783
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000784- Pre-Boot Commands:
785 CONFIG_PREBOOT
786
787 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
788 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
789 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
790 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
791 entering interactive mode.
792
793 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
794 automatically generated or modified. For an example
795 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
796 modified when the user holds down a certain
797 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
798 booting the systems
799
800- Serial Download Echo Mode:
801 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
802 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
803 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
804 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
805 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
806 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
807 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
808
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500809- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
811 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200812 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
814- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500815 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
816 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warren963a7cf2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000817 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
Joe Hershberger5a9d7f12015-06-22 16:15:30 -0500818 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000819
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500820 The default command configuration includes all commands
821 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000822
Marek Vasutc4d8a1b2014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100823 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500826 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rini5ce62cd2014-08-14 06:42:36 -0400827 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500828 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
829 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger321ab9e2010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500830 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500831 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
832 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500833 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser0deafa22009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500834 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500835 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Andrew Ruder94463402013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500836 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500837 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000838 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
839 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren3d5a3882014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700840 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
841 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner9f9eec32014-11-12 14:35:04 +0100842 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysinger78dcaf42009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500843 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000844 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500845 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
846 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysinger2ed02412010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500847 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsf0c9d532011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000848 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500849 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500850 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar3df41b12012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000851 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200852 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500853 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershberger0fd32d72012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000854 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500855 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200856 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000857 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
858 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500859 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
860 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200861 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400862 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glasseacd14f2012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000863 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500864 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denk9d009282013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000865 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200866 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500867 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
868 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
869 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roeseb1423dd2009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100870 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500871 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
872 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200873 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600874 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000875 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500876 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
877 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
878 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
879 host
880 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersc889fb42012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000881 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500882 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
883 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassbf6ce792012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000884 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500885 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
Simon Glass8706b812016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600886 CONFIG_SCSI * SCSI Support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500887 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
888 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
889 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
890 (4xx only)
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700891 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200892 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400893 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liua671b702013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800894 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200895 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500896 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7aa81a42011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000897 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000898 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershberger59f3f522012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000899 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
900 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500901 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500902 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasut71729392012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000903 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200904 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak2eb40ee2014-04-02 10:20:05 +0200905 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000906
907 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
908 support you can write:
909
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500910 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
911 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000912
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400913 Other Commands:
914 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000915
916 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500917 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000918 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
919 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
920 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
921 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
922 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
923 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000924
925
926 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
927
Simon Glassaa34ef22016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600928- Removal of commands
929 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
930 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
931 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
932 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
933 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
934 simple boot procedures.
935
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000936- Regular expression support:
937 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200938 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
939 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
940 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
941 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000942
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000943- Device tree:
944 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
945 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
946 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
947 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
948 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
949 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
950
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000951 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
Alex Deymo5b661ec2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700952 be done using one of the three options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000953
954 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
955 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
956 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
957 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
958 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
959 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000960
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000961 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
962 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
963 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
964 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
965
966 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
967
968 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
969 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
970 still use the individual files if you need something more
971 exotic.
972
Alex Deymo5b661ec2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700973 CONFIG_OF_BOARD
974 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use the device tree
975 provided by the board at runtime instead of embedding one with
976 the image. Only boards defining board_fdt_blob_setup() support
977 this option (see include/fdtdec.h file).
978
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000979- Watchdog:
980 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
981 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000982 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
983 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
984 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
985 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
986 available, then no further board specific code should
987 be needed to use it.
988
989 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
990 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
991 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
992 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000993
Heiko Schocher735326c2015-01-21 08:38:22 +0100994 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
995 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
996
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000997- U-Boot Version:
998 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
999 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1000 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1001 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeauce9a1552012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001002 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1003 next reset.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001005- Real-Time Clock:
1006
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001007 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001008 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1009 following options:
1010
1011 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1012 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001013 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001014 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001015 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001016 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001017 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel90491f22014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001018 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001019 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001020 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001021 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001022 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001023 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1024 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001025
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001026 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1027 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1028
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001029- GPIO Support:
1030 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001031
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001032 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1033 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1034 pins supported by a particular chip.
1035
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001036 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1037 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1038
Simon Glass4dc47ca2014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001039- I/O tracing:
1040 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1041 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1042 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1043 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1044 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1045 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1046 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1047 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1048
1049 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1050 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1051 still continue to operate.
1052
1053 iotrace is enabled
1054 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1055 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1056 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1057 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1058 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1059 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1060
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001061- Timestamp Support:
1062
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001063 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1064 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1065 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001066 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001067
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001068- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1069 Zero or more of the following:
1070 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1071 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1072 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1073 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1074 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1075 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1076 disk/part_efi.c
1077 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001078
Simon Glassb569a012017-05-17 03:25:30 -06001079 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_IDE or
Simon Glass8706b812016-05-01 11:36:02 -06001080 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001081 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001082
1083- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001084 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1085 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001086
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001087 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1088 be performed by calling the function
1089 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1090 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001091
1092- ATAPI Support:
1093 CONFIG_ATAPI
1094
1095 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1096
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001097- LBA48 Support
1098 CONFIG_LBA48
1099
1100 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001101 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001102 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1103 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1104
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001105 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001106 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1107 Default is 32bit.
1108
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001109- SCSI Support:
1110 At the moment only there is only support for the
1111 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1112 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1113
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001114 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1115 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1116 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001117 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1118 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001119 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001120
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001121 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1122 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauere50a10e2012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001123
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001124- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001125 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001126 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1127
1128 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1129 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1130 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1131 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1132
1133 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1134 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1135 example with the "sspi" command.
1136
1137 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1138 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1139 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001140
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001141 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1142 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001143 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001144 write routine for first time initialisation.
1145
1146 CONFIG_TULIP
1147 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1148 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1149 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1150
1151 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1152 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1153
1154 CONFIG_NS8382X
1155 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1156
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001157- NETWORK Support (other):
1158
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001159 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1160 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1161
1162 CONFIG_RMII
1163 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1164
1165 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1166 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1167 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1168
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001169 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1170 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1171
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001172 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001173 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1174
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001175 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1176 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1177
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001178 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001179 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1180
1181 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1182 Define this to hold the physical address
1183 of the device (I/O space)
1184
1185 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1186 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1187
1188 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1189 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1190 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1191
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001192 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1193 Support for davinci emac
1194
1195 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1196 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1197
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001198 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1199 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1200
1201 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1202 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1203 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1204 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1205 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1206 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1207 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1208 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1209
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001210 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001211 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1212
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001213 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001214 Define this to hold the physical address
1215 of the device (I/O space)
1216
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001217 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001218 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1219
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001220 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001221 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1222 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001223 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001224
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001225 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1226 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1227
1228 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1229 Define the number of ports to be used
1230
1231 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1232 Define the ETH PHY's address
1233
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001234 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1235 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1236
Heiko Schocher2b387762014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001237- PWM Support:
1238 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day1f8378a2016-09-13 08:35:18 -04001239 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocher2b387762014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001240
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001241- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001242 CONFIG_TPM
1243 Support TPM devices.
1244
Christophe Ricard8759ff82015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001245 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1246 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001247 per system is supported at this time.
1248
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001249 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1250 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1251
Christophe Ricard88249232016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001252 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1253 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1254
1255 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1256 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1257 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1258
Christophe Ricard5ffadc32016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001259 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1260 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1261 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1262
Dirk Eibach20489092013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001263 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1264 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1265
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001266 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001267 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1268 per system is supported at this time.
1269
1270 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1271 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1272 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1273 0xfed40000.
1274
Reinhard Pfau4fece432013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001275 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1276 Add tpm monitor functions.
1277 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1278 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1279
1280 CONFIG_TPM
1281 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1282 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1283 Requires support for a TPM device.
1284
1285 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1286 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1287 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1288
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001289- USB Support:
1290 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001291 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001292 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1293 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001294 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001295 storage devices.
1296 Note:
1297 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1298 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001299 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1300 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1301 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001302 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1303 for USB on PSC3
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001304 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1305 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1306 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001307 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1308 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001309 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Wei063f9ff2007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001310 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1311 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001312
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001313 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1314 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1315
Oleksandr Tymoshenko7a881752014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001316 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1317 HW module registers.
1318
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001319- USB Device:
1320 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1321 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1322 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001323 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001324 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1325 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001326 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001327 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1328 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1329 a Linux host by
1330 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1331 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1332 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1333 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001334
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001335 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1336 Define this to build a UDC device
1337
1338 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1339 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1340 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001341
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301342 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1343 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1344 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1345 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1346 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1347 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1348 speed.
1349
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001350 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001351 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1352 be set to usbtty.
1353
1354 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001355 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001356 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001357 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001358
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001359 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001360 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001361 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001362 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1363 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1364 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1365
1366 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1367 Define this string as the name of your company for
1368 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001369
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001370 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1371 Define this string as the name of your product
1372 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001373
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001374 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1375 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1376 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1377 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1378 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001379
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001380 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1381 Define this as the unique Product ID
1382 for your device
1383 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001384
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001385- ULPI Layer Support:
1386 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1387 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1388 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1389 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1390 viewport is supported.
1391 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1392 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stachf31e4112012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001393 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1394 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1395 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001396
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001397- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001398 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1399 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1400 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001401 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001402 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1403 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001404
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001405 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1406 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1407
1408 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1409 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1410
1411 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1412 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1413
Pierre Aubertbcc302c2014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001414 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1415 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1416
1417 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1418 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1419 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1420
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001421- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski045d6052015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001422 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001423 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1424
1425 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1426 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1427 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1428 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1429 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1430
1431 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1432 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1433
Pantelis Antonioucf14d0d2013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001434 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1435 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1436
Afzal Mohammede3c687a2013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301437 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1438 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1439 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1440 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1441 one that would help mostly the developer.
1442
Heiko Schochera2f831e2013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001443 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1444 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1445 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1446 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1447 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1448
Pantelis Antonioua6e788d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001449 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1450 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1451 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1452 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1453 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1454 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1455
Heiko Schochere1ba1512014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001456 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1457 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1458 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1459 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1460
1461 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1462 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1463 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1464 sending again an USB request to the device.
1465
Sebastian Siewior9d4471e2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001466- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
Paul Kocialkowskid55acc02015-06-12 19:56:59 +02001467 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1468 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1469
Sebastian Siewior9d4471e2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001470 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1471 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1472 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1473 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1474 used on Android devices.
1475 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1476
1477 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1478 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1479 image format header.
1480
Paul Kocialkowskif84f0912015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001481 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
Sebastian Siewior9d4471e2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001482 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1483 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1484 downloaded images.
1485
Paul Kocialkowskif84f0912015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001486 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
Sebastian Siewior9d4471e2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001487 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1488 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1489 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1490
Steve Raebfb9ba42014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001491 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1492 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1493 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1494 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1495
1496 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1497 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1498 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1499 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1500
Steve Rae7d059342014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001501 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1502 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1503 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1504 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1505 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1506 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1507 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
Petr Kulhavy4ed1eca2016-09-09 10:27:18 +02001508 The default is "gpt" if undefined.
Steve Rae7d059342014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001509
Petr Kulhavy9f174c92016-09-09 10:27:16 +02001510 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_MBR_NAME
1511 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1512 image to DOS MBR.
1513 This occurs when the "partition name" specified on the
1514 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1515 If not defined the default value "mbr" is used.
1516
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001517- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassfa8527b2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001518 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001519 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1520
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001521 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1522 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001523 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1524
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001525- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1526 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kimb44c8ab2012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001527
1528 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1529 file in FAT formatted partition.
1530
1531 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1532 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001533
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu1c4cf332014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301534- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1535 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1536
1537 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1538 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1539
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001540- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glasseaba37e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001541 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1542
1543 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1544
1545 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1546 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1547 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1548 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1549 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001550
1551- Video support:
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001552 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001553 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001554 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1555 support, and should also define these other macros:
1556
1557 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1558 CONFIG_VIDEO
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001559 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1560 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1561 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1562 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1563 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1564
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001565 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1566 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevamd3ad5e52016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001567 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001568 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001569
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001570- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1571
1572 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1573 display); also select one of the supported displays
1574 by defining one of these:
1575
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001576 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1577
1578 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1579
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001580 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001581
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001582 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001583
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001584 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1585
1586 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1587 Active, color, single scan.
1588
1589 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001590
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001591 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001592 Active, color, single scan.
1593
1594 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1595
1596 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1597 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1598
1599 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1600
1601 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1602 Active, color, single scan.
1603
1604 CONFIG_HLD1045
1605
1606 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1607 Active, color, single scan.
1608
1609 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1610
1611 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1612 or
1613 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1614 or
1615 Hitachi SP14Q002
1616
1617 320x240. Black & white.
1618
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001619 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1620
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001621 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001622 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1623 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1624 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1625 a per-section basis.
1626
1627
Hannes Petermaiera3c8e862015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001628 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1629
1630 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1631 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1632 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1633 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1634 printed out.
1635 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1636 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1637 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1638 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1639 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1640 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1641 1 = 90 degree rotation
1642 2 = 180 degree rotation
1643 3 = 270 degree rotation
1644
1645 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1646 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1647
Tom Wai-Hong Tam79926a42012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001648 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1649
1650 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1651
Tom Wai-Hong Tam6664f202012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001652 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1653
1654 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1655 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1656
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001657- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001658
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001659 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1660 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1661 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001662 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001663 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1664 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1665 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1666 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001667
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001668 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1669
1670 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1671 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevama58b4912016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001672 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001673 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1674 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1675 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1676 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1677 there is no need to set this option.
1678
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001679 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1680
1681 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1682 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1683 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1684 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1685 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1686 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1687
1688 Example:
1689 setenv splashpos m,m
1690 => image at center of screen
1691
1692 setenv splashpos 30,20
1693 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1694
1695 setenv splashpos -10,m
1696 => vertically centered image
1697 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1698
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001699- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1700
1701 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1702 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1703 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1704
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001705- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1706
1707 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1708 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1709 bmp command.
1710
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001711- Compression support:
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001712 CONFIG_GZIP
1713
1714 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1715
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001716 CONFIG_BZIP2
1717
1718 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1719 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1720 compressed images are supported.
1721
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001722 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001723 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001724 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001725
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001726 CONFIG_LZO
1727
1728 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1729 is included.
1730
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001731- MII/PHY support:
1732 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1733
1734 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1735
1736 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1737
1738 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1739
1740 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1741
1742 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001743 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001744
1745 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1746
1747 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1748 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1749 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1750 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1751
1752 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1753
1754 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1755 command issued before MII status register can be read
1756
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001757- IP address:
1758 CONFIG_IPADDR
1759
1760 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001761 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001762 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001763 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001764
1765- Server IP address:
1766 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1767
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001768 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001769 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001770 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001771
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001772 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1773
1774 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1775 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1776
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001777- Gateway IP address:
1778 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1779
1780 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1781 default router where packets to other networks are
1782 sent to.
1783 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1784
1785- Subnet mask:
1786 CONFIG_NETMASK
1787
1788 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1789 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1790 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1791 forwarded through a router.
1792 (Environment variable "netmask")
1793
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001794- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1795 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1796
1797 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1798 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001799 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001800 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1801 multicast group.
1802
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001803- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1804 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1805
1806 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1807 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1808 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1809 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1810 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1811 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1812 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1813 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001814 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001815
1816 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1817 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1818 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1819 4th and following
1820 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1821
Thierry Reding8977cda2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001822 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1823
1824 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1825 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1826 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1827 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1828 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1829 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1830 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1831 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1832 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1833 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1834 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1835 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1836 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1837 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1838 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1839
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001840- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001841 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1842 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001843
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001844 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1845 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1846 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1847 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1848 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1849 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1850 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1851 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1852 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1853 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1854 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1855 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001856 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001857
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001858 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1859 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001860
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001861 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1862 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1863 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1864 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1865 is not available.
1866
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001867 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1868 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1869 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1870 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1871 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1872 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1873 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001874 is defined.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001875
1876 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1877 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1878 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001879 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001880 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1881 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001882
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001883 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1884
1885 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1886 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1887 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1888 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1889 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1890 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1891 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1892 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1893 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1894 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1895 this delay.
1896
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001897 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1898 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1899 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1900 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1901 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1902
1903 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1904
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001905 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001906 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001907
1908 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1909
1910 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1911
1912 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1913 of the device.
1914
1915 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1916
1917 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1918 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001919 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001920
1921 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1922
1923 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1924 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1925
1926 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1927
1928 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1929
1930 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1931
1932 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1933
1934 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1935
1936 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1937
1938 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1939
1940 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1941 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1942
1943 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1944
1945 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1946
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001947- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001948
1949 Several configurations allow to display the current
1950 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1951 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1952 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1953 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1954 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001955 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001956 feature in U-Boot.
1957
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001958 Additional options:
1959
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001960 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001961 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
1962 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001963 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001964 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
1965
Igor Grinberg203bd9f2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02001966 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
1967 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
1968 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
1969 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
1970 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
1971 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
1972
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001973- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1974
1975 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1976 on those systems that support this (optional)
1977 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1978
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001979- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001980
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001981 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1982 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1983 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1984 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1985 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1986 interface.
1987
1988 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001989 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1990 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1991 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1992 for defining speed and slave address
1993 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1994 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1995 for defining speed and slave address
1996 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1997 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1998 for defining speed and slave address
1999 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2000 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2001 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002002
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002003 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2004 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2005 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2006 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2007 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2008 bus.
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002009 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002010 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2011 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2012 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2013 second bus.
2014
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002015 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu045acfa2013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002016 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2017 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2018 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002019
Dirk Eibach42b204f2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002020 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2021 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2022 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2023 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2024
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002025 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2026 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)eb943872015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002027 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2028 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2029 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2030 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002031 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2032 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2033 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2034 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2035 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2036 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)eb943872015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002037 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2038 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002039 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002040 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2041
Nobuhiro Iwamatsue94ea2f2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002042 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2043 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2044 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2045
2046 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2047 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2048 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2049 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2050 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2051 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2052 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2053 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2054 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2055
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002056 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2057 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2058 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2059
2060 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2061 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2062 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2063 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2064 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2065 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2066 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2067 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2068 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2069 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002070 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002071
Heiko Schocherf53f2b82013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002072 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2073 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2074 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2075 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2076 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2077 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2078 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2079 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2080 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2081 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2082 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2083 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2084
Heiko Schocher465819a2013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002085 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2086 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2087 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2088 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2089
Naveen Krishna Ch5d5efd32013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302090 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2091 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2092 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2093 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2094 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2095
Dirk Eibachb9577432014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002096 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2097 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2098 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2099 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2100 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2101 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2102 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2103 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2104 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2105 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2106 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2107 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2108 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2109 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach9ac33852015-10-28 11:46:22 +01002110 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2111 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2112 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2113 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2114 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2115 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2116 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2117 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2118 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb9577432014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002119
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002120 additional defines:
2121
2122 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glassb05e2b32016-10-02 18:01:05 -06002123 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002124
2125 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2126 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2127 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2128 omit this define.
2129
2130 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2131 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2132 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2133 define.
2134
2135 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002136 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002137 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2138 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2139 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2140
2141 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2142 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2143 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2144 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2145 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2146 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2147 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2148 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2149 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2150 }
2151
2152 which defines
2153 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002154 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2155 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2156 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2157 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2158 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002159 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002160 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2161 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002162
2163 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2164
Simon Glass3efce392017-05-12 21:10:00 -06002165- Legacy I2C Support:
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002166 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002167 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2168 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002169
2170 I2C_INIT
2171
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002172 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002173 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002174
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002175 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002176
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002177 I2C_PORT
2178
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002179 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2180 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2181 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002182
2183 I2C_ACTIVE
2184
2185 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2186 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2187 define can be null.
2188
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002189 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2190
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002191 I2C_TRISTATE
2192
2193 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2194 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2195 define can be null.
2196
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002197 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2198
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002199 I2C_READ
2200
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002201 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2202 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002203
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002204 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2205
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002206 I2C_SDA(bit)
2207
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002208 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2209 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002210
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002211 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002212 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002213 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002214
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002215 I2C_SCL(bit)
2216
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002217 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2218 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002219
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002220 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002221 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002222 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002223
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002224 I2C_DELAY
2225
2226 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2227 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002228 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002229 like:
2230
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002231 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002232
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002233 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2234
2235 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2236 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2237 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2238 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2239
2240 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2241 the generic GPIO functions.
2242
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002243 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002244
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002245 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2246 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2247 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2248 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2249 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2250 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2251 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2252 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002253
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002254 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2255
2256 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002257 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2258 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002259 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2260
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002261 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002262
2263 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002264 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002265 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2266 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002267
2268 e.g.
2269 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002270 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002271
2272 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2273
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002274 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glassb05e2b32016-10-02 18:01:05 -06002275 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002276
2277 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2278
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002279 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002280
2281 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2282 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2283
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002284 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002285
2286 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2287 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2288
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002289 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2290
2291 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2292 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2293 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2294 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2295 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2296 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2297 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002298
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002299- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2300
2301 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2302 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2303 D/As on the SACSng board)
2304
Yoshihiro Shimoda65bd9b42011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002305 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2306
2307 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2308 only SH7757 is supported.
2309
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002310 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2311
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002312 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2313 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2314 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2315 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2316 defined, the board configuration must define several
2317 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2318 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002319
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002320 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2321
2322 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2323 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2324 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002325 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002326 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2327
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002328 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2329
2330 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevamdcd342c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002331 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002332
Heiko Schocherb77c8882014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002333 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2334 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2335 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2336
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002337- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002338
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002339 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2340
2341 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2342
2343 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2344 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002345
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002346 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002347
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002348 Enables support for FPGA family.
2349 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2350
2351 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2352
2353 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002355 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002356
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002357 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002358
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002359 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002360
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002361 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2362 status by the configuration function. This option
2363 will require a board or device specific function to
2364 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002365
2366 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2367
2368 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2369 configuration driver.
2370
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002371 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002372 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2373
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002374 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002375
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002376 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2377 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2378 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2379 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002380
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002381 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002382
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002383 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2384 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002385 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002386 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002387
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002388 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002389
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002390 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002391 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002392
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002393 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002394
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002395 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002396 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002397
2398- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roese141ed202014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002399 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2400
2401 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2402 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2403 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2404 special image will be automatically built upon calling
Simon Glassdc27def2016-07-27 20:33:08 -06002405 make / buildman.
Stefan Roese141ed202014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002406
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002407 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2408
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002409 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2410 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002411
2412- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2413
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002414 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2415 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002416 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002417 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2418 protects these variables from casual modification by
2419 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2420 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002421 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002422
2423 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2424 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002425 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002426 these parameters.
2427
Joe Hershberger76f353e2015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002428 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2429 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002430 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002431 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2432 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2433 read-only.]
2434
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002435 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2436 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2437 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2438 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2439
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002440- Protected RAM:
2441 CONFIG_PRAM
2442
2443 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2444 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2445 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2446 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2447 this default value by defining an environment
2448 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2449 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2450 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2451 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2452 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2453 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2454 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2455
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002456 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002457 saveenv
2458
2459 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2460 either, which results in a memory region that will
2461 not be affected by reboots.
2462
2463 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2464 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2465 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2466 following board configurations are known to be
2467 "pRAM-clean":
2468
Wolfgang Denk90326762012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002469 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2470 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denkcd4e42e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002471 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002472
Gabe Blacka2f3a932012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002473- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2474 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2475 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2476 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2477 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2478 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2479 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2480
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002481- Error Recovery:
2482 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2483
2484 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2485 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2486 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002487 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002488 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2489 useful during development since you can try to debug
2490 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2491
2492 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2493
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002494 This variable defines the number of retries for
2495 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2496 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2497 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002498
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002499 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2500
2501 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2502
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002503 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2504
2505 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2506 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2507 try longer timeout such as
2508 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2509
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002510- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002511 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk3902d702004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002512
2513 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2514
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002515 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002516
2517 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2518 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2519 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2520
2521 Note:
2522
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002523 In the current implementation, the local variables
2524 space and global environment variables space are
2525 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2526 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2527 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2528 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2529 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002530
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002531 Global environment variables are those you use
2532 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2533 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2534 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002535
2536 To store commands and special characters in a
2537 variable, please use double quotation marks
2538 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2539 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2540 symbols.
2541
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002542- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002543 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2544
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002545 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002546 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002547
Marek Vasut734fb042016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002548- Command Line PS1/PS2 support:
2549 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2550
2551 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2552 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2553 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2554 and PS2.
2555
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002556- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002557 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2558
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002559 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2560 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002561 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002562
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002563 For example, place something like this in your
2564 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002565
2566 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2567 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2568 "myvar2=value2\0"
2569
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002570 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2571 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2572 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2573 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002574 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002575 You better know what you are doing here.
2576
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002577 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2578 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002579 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002580 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002581
Stephen Warren1465d5f2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002582 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2583
2584 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2585 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2586 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2587
2588 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2589
2590 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2591 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2592 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2593 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2594 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2595
Tom Rini4c8cc9b2012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002596 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2597
2598 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2599 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2600 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2601
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002602 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2603
2604 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002605 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002606 that so that the environment is not available until
2607 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2608 this is instead controlled by the value of
2609 /config/load-environment.
2610
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002611- DataFlash Support:
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002612 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2613
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002614 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2615 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2616 commands cp, md...
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002617
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002618- Serial Flash support
2619 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2620
2621 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2622 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2623
2624 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2625 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2626 commands.
2627
2628 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2629 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2630 flash is present on the system.
2631
2632 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2633 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2634 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2635 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2636
Simon Glass4b5545e2012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002637 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2638
2639 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2640 test ('sf test').
2641
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekid7f253b2014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302642 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2643
2644 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2645 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002646 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekid7f253b2014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302647
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002648- SystemACE Support:
2649 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2650
2651 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2652 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002653 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002654 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002655
2656 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002657 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002658
2659 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2660 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2661
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002662- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2663 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2664
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002665 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002666 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002667 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002668 number generator is used.
2669
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002670 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2671 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2672 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2673
2674 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002675 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2676 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2677 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2678 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2679 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2680 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2681
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002682- Hashing support:
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002683 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2684
2685 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2686 size a little.
2687
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002688 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2689 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2690
Heiko Schocher443ca402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002691- bootcount support:
2692 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2693
2694 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2695 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2696
2697 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2698 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
Heiko Schocher443ca402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002699 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2700 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2701 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2702 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2703 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2704 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2705 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2706 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2707 the bootcounter.
2708 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002709
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002710- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002711 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2712
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002713 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2714 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2715 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2716 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2717 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2718 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002719
Simon Glass0fa36a42012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002720
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002721Legacy uImage format:
2722
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002723 Arg Where When
2724 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002725 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002726 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002727 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002728 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002729 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002730 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2731 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2732 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002733 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002734 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2735 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2736 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2737 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002738 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002739 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002740
2741 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2742 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2743 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2744 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2745 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2746 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2747 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002748 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002749 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2750 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2751
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002752 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002753
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002754 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002755 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2756 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002757
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002758 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2759 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2760 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2761 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2762 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2763 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2764 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2765 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2766 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2767 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2768 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2769 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2770 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2771 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2772 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2773 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2774 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2775 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2776 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2777 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2778 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2779 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2780 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2781 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2782 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2783 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2784 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2785 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2786 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2787 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2788 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2789 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2790 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2791 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2792 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2793 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2794 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2795 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2796 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2797 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2798 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2799 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2800 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2801 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2802 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2803 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2804 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002805
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002806 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002807
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002808 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002809 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2810 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002811
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002812 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerc80b41b02015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002813 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2814 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2815 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002816 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2817 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002818 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2819 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002820 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002821
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002822FIT uImage format:
2823
2824 Arg Where When
2825 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2826 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2827 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2828 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2829 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2830 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002831 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002832 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2833 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2834 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2835 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2836 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002837 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2838 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002839 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2840 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2841 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2842 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2843 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2844 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2845 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2846 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2847
2848 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2849 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2850 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002851 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002852 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2853 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2854 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2855 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2856 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2857 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2858 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2859 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2860 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2861 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2862 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2863 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2864
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002865 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002866 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2867
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002868 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002869 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2870
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002871 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002872 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2873
Heiko Schocher515eb122014-05-28 11:33:33 +02002874- legacy image format:
2875 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
2876 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
2877
2878 Default:
2879 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
2880
2881 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
2882 disable the legacy image format
2883
2884 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
2885 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
2886
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002887- Standalone program support:
2888 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2889
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002890 This option defines a board specific value for the
2891 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2892 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002893 settings.
2894
2895- Frame Buffer Address:
2896 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2897
2898 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denka71eb8e2013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002899 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2900 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2901 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2902 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2903 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2904 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2905 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002906
2907 Please see board_init_f function.
2908
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002909- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2910 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2911 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2912 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2913
2914 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2915 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2916
2917- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2918 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2919
2920 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2921 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2922
2923 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2924
2925 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2926 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2927
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002928- UBI support
2929 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
2930
2931 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
2932 with the UBI flash translation layer
2933
2934 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
2935
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002936 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2937
2938 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2939 warnings and errors enabled.
2940
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002941
2942 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
2943 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
2944 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
2945 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
2946 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
2947 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
2948
2949 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
2950 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
2951 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
2952 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
2953 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
2954
2955 default: 4096
Simon Glass6c0be912014-10-23 18:58:54 -06002956
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002957 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
2958 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
2959 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
2960 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
2961 flash), this value is ignored.
2962
2963 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
2964 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
2965 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
2966 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
2967 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
2968 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
2969
2970 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
2971 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
2972 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
2973 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
2974 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
2975 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
2976 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
2977 partition.
2978
2979 default: 20
2980
2981 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
2982 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
2983 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
2984 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
2985 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
2986 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
2987 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
2988 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
2989 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
2990 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
2991 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
2992 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
2993
2994 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
2995 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
2996 without a fastmap.
2997 default: 0
2998
Heiko Schocher94b66de2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02002999 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
3000 Enable UBI fastmap debug
3001 default: 0
3002
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003003- UBIFS support
3004 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3005
3006 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3007 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3008
3009 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3010
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003011 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3012
3013 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3014 warnings and errors enabled.
3015
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003016- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003017 CONFIG_SPL
3018 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003019
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003020 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3021 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3022
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003023 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3024 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3025 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3026 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003027 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003028 must not be both defined at the same time.
3029
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003030 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003031 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3032 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3033 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3034 not exceed it.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003035
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003036 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3037 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003038
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003039 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3040 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3041 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3042
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003043 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3044 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3045
3046 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003047 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3048 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3049 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003050 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003051 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003052
3053 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3054 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3055
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)287b0942015-03-31 11:40:50 +02003056 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3057 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3058 loaded does not have a signature.
3059 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3060 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3061 will be caught.
3062 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3063 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3064 and thus should be skipped silently.
3065
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003066 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3067 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3068 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3069 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3070
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003071 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3072 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam38e1a972015-11-12 12:30:19 -02003073 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
3074 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
3075 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003076
3077 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3078 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003079
Tom Rini28591df2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003080 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3081 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3082 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3083 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3084
Tom Rinic2b76002014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003085 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3086 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3087 See also: doc/README.falcon
3088
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003089 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3090 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3091 about the running system.
3092
Scott Wood7c810902012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003093 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3094 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3095
Paul Kocialkowski17675c82014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003096 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3097 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3098 used in raw mode
3099
Peter Korsgaard01b542f2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003100 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3101 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3102 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3103
3104 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3105 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3106 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3107 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3108 (for falcon mode)
3109
Paul Kocialkowski341e8cd2014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003110 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3111 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3112 used in fs mode
3113
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003114 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3115 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3116
3117 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003118 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003119 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003120
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003121 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003122 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003123 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003124
Scott Wood2b36fbb2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003125 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3126 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3127 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3128 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3129 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3130
Prabhakar Kushwaha6e2b9a32014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303131 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3132 Avoid SPL relocation
3133
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003134 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3135 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3136 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3137
3138 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3139 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3140
3141 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3142 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3143
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003144 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003145 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3146 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003147
Thomas Gleixner820d24d2016-07-12 20:28:12 +02003148 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
3149 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
3150 loader
3151
Heiko Schochercf000272014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003152 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3153 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3154 if you need to save space.
3155
Ying Zhangdfb2b152013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003156 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3157 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3158 SPL binary.
3159
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003160 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3161 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3162 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3163 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3164 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3165 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003166 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003167
Prabhakar Kushwahaafffcb02013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303168 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3169 Add support NAND boot
3170
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003171 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003172 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3173
3174 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3175 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3176
3177 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3178 Size of image to load
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003179
3180 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003181 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003182
3183 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3184 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003185 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003186
3187 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3188 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3189 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3190
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003191 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3192 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3193
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003194 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeauf0180722013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003195 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3196 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3197 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3198 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3199 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003200
Scott Woodf147eb72012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003201 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3202 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3203 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3204 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3205
Simon Glass82d94532013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003206 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3207 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3208 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3209 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3210 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3211
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003212- TPL framework
3213 CONFIG_TPL
3214 Enable building of TPL globally.
3215
3216 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3217 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3218 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003219 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3220 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3221 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003222
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003223- Interrupt support (PPC):
3224
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003225 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3226 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003227 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003228 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003229 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003230 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003231 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003232 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3233 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3234 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003235
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003236
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003237Board initialization settings:
3238------------------------------
3239
3240During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3241to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3242before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3243following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3244architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3245typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3246
3247- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3248- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3249- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3250- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003251
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003252Configuration Settings:
3253-----------------------
3254
York Sun6c480012014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003255- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3256 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3257
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003258- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003259 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3260
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003261- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3262 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3263
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003264- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003265 prompt for user input.
3266
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003267- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003268
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003269- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003270
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003271- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003272
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003273- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003274 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3275 booted
3276
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003277- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003278 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3279
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003280- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003281 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3282 simple memory test.
3283
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003284- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003285 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003286
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003287- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003288 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3289 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3290
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003291- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sun1ef95cc2016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003292 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003293 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
3294 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
3295 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sun1ef95cc2016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003296 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003297 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
3298 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
3299
York Sun50739372015-12-07 11:05:29 -08003300- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003301 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003302 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003303 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003304 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3305 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3306 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003307 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003308 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003309 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003310
3311 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3312 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3313 be touched.
3314
3315 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3316 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3317 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3318 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3319 problems.
3320
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003321- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003322 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3323
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003324- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003325 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3326
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003327- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003328 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3329
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003330- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003331 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3332 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003333 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003334 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003335
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003336- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003337 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3338 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3339 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3340 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003342- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003343 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3344
Simon Glass863e4042014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003345- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3346 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3347 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3348 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3349 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3350 space.
3351
3352 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3353 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3354 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003355 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glass863e4042014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003356 U-Boot relocates itself.
3357
Simon Glass9fa901b2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003358- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3359 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3360 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3361 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3362
Thierry Redingc97d9742014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003363- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3364 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3365 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3366 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3367 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3368 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3369 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3370 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3371 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3372 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3373 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3374 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3375 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3376 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3377 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3378 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3379
3380 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3381
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003382- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003383 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3384 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003385 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003386 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3387
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003388- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003389 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3390 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003391 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3392 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003393 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003394 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003395 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003396 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3397 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3398 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003399
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003400- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3401 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3402 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3403 is enabled.
3404
3405- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3406 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3407 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3408
3409- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3410 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3411 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3412
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003413- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003414 Max number of Flash memory banks
3415
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003416- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003417 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3418
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003419- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003420 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3421
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003422- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003423 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3424
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003425- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003426 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3427
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003428- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003429 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3430
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003431- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003432 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3433 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3434
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003435- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003436
3437 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3438 without this option such a download has to be
3439 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3440 copy from RAM to flash.
3441
3442 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3443 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003444 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3445 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003446 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3447
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003448- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003449 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003450 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3451
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003452- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003453 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3454 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003455
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003456- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3457 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3458 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3459 to the MTD layer.
3460
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003461- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003462 Use buffered writes to flash.
3463
3464- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3465 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3466 write commands.
3467
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003468- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003469 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3470 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3471 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3472 optionally available.
3473
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003474- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3475 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3476 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3477 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3478
Stefan Roesed20cba52013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003479- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3480 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3481 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3482 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3483 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3484 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3485 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3486 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3487
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003488- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003489 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3490 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003491 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3492 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003493 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003494 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3495
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003496- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3497
Wolfgang Denk1136f692010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003498 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3499 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3500 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3501 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3502 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003503
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003504- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3505- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003506 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003507 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3508 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3509 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3510
3511 The format of the list is:
3512 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003513 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3514 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003515 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3516 list = entry[,list]
3517
3518 The type attributes are:
3519 s - String (default)
3520 d - Decimal
3521 x - Hexadecimal
3522 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3523 i - IP address
3524 m - MAC address
3525
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003526 The access attributes are:
3527 a - Any (default)
3528 r - Read-only
3529 o - Write-once
3530 c - Change-default
3531
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003532 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3533 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003534 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003535
3536 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3537 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3538 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3539 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3540 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3541 ".flags" variable.
3542
Joe Hershberger6db9fd42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003543 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3544 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
3545 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
3546
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003547- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3548 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3549 access flags.
3550
Gabe Black3687fe42014-10-15 04:38:30 -06003551- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
3552 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
3553 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
3554 building U-Boot to enable this.
3555
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003556The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3557of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3558following configurations:
3559
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003560- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3561
3562 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3563 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3564
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003565- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003566
3567 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3568
3569 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3570 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3571 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3572 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3573 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3574 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3575 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3576 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3577 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3578 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3579 between U-Boot and the environment.
3580
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003581 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003582
3583 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3584 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3585 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3586 for this sector is given here.
3587
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003588 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003589
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003590 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003591
3592 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3593 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003594 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003595
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003596 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003597
3598 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3599
3600
3601 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3602 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3603 the environment.
3604
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003605 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003606
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003607 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003608 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003609 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3610 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3611
3612 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3613 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3614 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3615 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3616 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3617 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3618 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3619 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3620 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3621
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003622 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3623 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003624
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003625 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003626 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenkb02744a2003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003627 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003628 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003629
3630BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3631source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3632accordingly!
3633
3634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDfdb79c32008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003635- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003636
3637 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3638 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3639 environment.
3640
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003641 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3642 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003643
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003644 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003645 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3646 can just be read and written to, without any special
3647 provision.
3648
3649BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003650in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003651console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003652U-Boot will hang.
3653
3654Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3655environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3656keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3657to save the current settings.
3658
3659
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDe46af642008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003660- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003661
3662 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3663 device and a driver for it.
3664
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003665 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3666 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003667
3668 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3669 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3670
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003671 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003672 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3673 The default address is zero.
3674
Christian Gmeiner4c5b7542015-02-11 15:19:31 +01003675 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
3676 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
3677
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003678 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003679 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3680 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3681 would require six bits.
3682
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003683 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003684 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003685 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003687 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003688 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3689 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003691 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003692 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3693 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3694 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3695 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3696 byte chips.
3697
3698 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3699 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3700 in the chip address.
3701
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003702 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003703 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3704
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003705 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3706 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3707 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3708
3709 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3710 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3711 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3712 EEPROM. For example:
3713
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003714 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003715
3716 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3717 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003718
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD2b14d2b2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003719- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003720
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003721 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003722 want to use for the environment.
3723
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003724 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3725 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3726 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003727
3728 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3729 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3730 at the specified address.
3731
Wu, Josh76db7bf2014-07-01 19:30:13 +08003732- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
3733
3734 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
3735 want to use for the environment.
3736
3737 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3738 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3739
3740 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3741 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3742 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3743
3744 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
3745
3746 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
3747
3748 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3749
3750 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
3751 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3752 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass5b9a5172016-10-02 18:00:58 -06003753 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Wu, Josh76db7bf2014-07-01 19:30:13 +08003754 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3755
3756 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
3757 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
3758
3759 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
3760
3761 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
3762
3763 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
3764
3765 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
3766
3767 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
3768
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003769- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3770
3771 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3772 want to use for the local device's environment.
3773
3774 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3775 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3776
3777 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3778 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3779 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003780 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003781
3782BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3783"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003784environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3785but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003786
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDdda84dd2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003787- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003788
3789 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3790 for the environment.
3791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003792 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3793 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003794
3795 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003796 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3797 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003798
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003799 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003800
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003801 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003802 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3803 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass5b9a5172016-10-02 18:00:58 -06003804 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003805 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3806
3807 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3808
3809 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3810 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3811 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3812 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3813 the range to be avoided.
3814
3815 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003816
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003817 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3818 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3819 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3820 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3821 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003822
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003823- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3824
3825 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3826 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3827 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3828
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003829- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3830
3831 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3832 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3833 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3834
3835 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3836
3837 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3838
3839 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3840
3841 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3842 environment in.
3843
Joe Hershbergerdb14e862013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003844 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3845
3846 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3847 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3848 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3849
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003850 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3851 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3852
3853 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3854 when storing the env in UBI.
3855
Wu, Josha7d0c872014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003856- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
3857 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
3858
3859 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
3860
3861 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
3862
Nicolae Rosia86811f22016-11-21 17:33:58 +02003863 - FAT_ENV_DEVICE_AND_PART:
Wu, Josha7d0c872014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003864
3865 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
3866 be as following:
3867
3868 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
3869 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
3870 partition table.
3871 - "D:0": device D.
3872 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
3873 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
3874 table.
3875 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003876 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Josha7d0c872014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003877 partition table then means device D.
3878
3879 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
3880
3881 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003882 environment.
Wu, Josha7d0c872014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003883
3884 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003885 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Josha7d0c872014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003886
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003887- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3888
3889 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3890 environment.
3891
3892 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3893
3894 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3895
3896 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3897
3898 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3899 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3900 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3901
3902 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3903 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3904
3905 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3906 area within the specified MMC device.
3907
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003908 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3909 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3910 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3911 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3912 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3913 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3914 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3915
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003916 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3917 MMC sector boundary.
3918
3919 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3920
3921 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3922 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3923 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3924 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3925
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003926 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3927 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3928
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003929 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
3930 an MMC sector boundary.
3931
3932 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
3933
3934 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
3935 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
3936 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3937
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003938- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003939
3940 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3941 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3942 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3943 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3944 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3945 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3946 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3947
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003948Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003949has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denk76af2782010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003950created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003951until then to read environment variables.
3952
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003953The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3954is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3955with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3956necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3957"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3958have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003959
3960Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3961the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003962use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003963
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003964- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003965 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003967 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003968 also needs to be defined.
3969
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003970- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003971 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003972
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003973- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3974 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3975 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3976 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3977 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3978 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3979
Simon Glass28a9e332012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003980- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3981 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3982 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3983 to do this.
3984
Simon Glasse8822012012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003985- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3986 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3987 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3988 present.
3989
Sascha Silbe4b9c17c2013-08-11 16:40:43 +02003990- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
3991 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
3992 build system checks that the actual size does not
3993 exceed it.
3994
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003995Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003996---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003997
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003998- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003999 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4000
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004001- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004002 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004003
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004004 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4005 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4006 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004007
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004008- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4009 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4010 PowerPC SOCs.
4011
4012- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4013 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4014 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4015
4016 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4017 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4018
4019- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4020 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4021 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004022 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004023 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4024 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4025 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4026
4027 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4028 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4029
4030- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004031 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4032 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004033 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4034 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4035
4036- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4037 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4038 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4039 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4040
4041- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4042 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4043 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4044
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004045- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004046 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004047
4048 the default drive number (default value 0)
4049
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004050 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004051
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004052 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004053 (default value 1)
4054
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004055 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004056
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004057 defines the offset of register from address. It
4058 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004059 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004060
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004061 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4062 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004063 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004064
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004065 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004066 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4067 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004068 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004069 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004070
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004071- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4072 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4073 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4074 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4075 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4076 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004077 is required.
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004078
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004079- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004080 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenkb3a4a702004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004081 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004082
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004083- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004084
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004085 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004086 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4087 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4088 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4089 will become available only after programming the
4090 memory controller and running certain initialization
4091 sequences.
4092
4093 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4094 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4095 - MPC824X: data cache
4096 - PPC4xx: data cache
4097
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004098- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004099
4100 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004101 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4102 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004103 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004104 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glass9a6ac8b2016-10-02 18:01:06 -06004105 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004106 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4107 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004108
4109 Note:
4110 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4111 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004112 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004113 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4114 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4115
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004116- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004117
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004118- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004119
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004120- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004121
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004122- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004123
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004124- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004125
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004126- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004127
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004128- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004129 SDRAM timing
4130
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004131- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004132 periodic timer for refresh
4133
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004134- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004135
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004136- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4137 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4138 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4139 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004140 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4141
4142- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004143 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4144 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004145 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4146
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004147- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4148 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004149 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4150 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4151
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004152- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004153 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4154 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4155
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004156- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherc8148ed2008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004157 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4158 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4159
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004160- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004161 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4162 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4163
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004164- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004165 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4166 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4167 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4168 cpm_8260.h.
wdenk2029f4d2002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004169
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004170- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4171 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4172 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4173 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4174 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4175 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4176 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4177 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004178 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenkbf2f8c92003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004179
Dirk Eibach378d1ca2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004180- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4181 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4182 required.
4183
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004184- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004185 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004186 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4187 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4188 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4189 by coreboot or similar.
4190
Gabor Juhosb4458732013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004191- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4192 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4193
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004194- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4195 Chip has SRIO or not
4196
4197- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4198 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4199
4200- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4201 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4202
Liu Gang27afb9c2013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004203- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4204 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4205
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004206- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4207 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4208
4209- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4210 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4211
4212- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4213 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4214
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004215- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4216 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4217 a 16 bit bus.
4218 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004219 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004220 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004221 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004222
4223- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4224 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4225 a default value will be used.
4226
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004227- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004228 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4229 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4230
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004231 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4232 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4233
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004234- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004235 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4236 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4237 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004238
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004239- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4240 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4241 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4242 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4243 header files or board specific files.
4244
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004245- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4246 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4247
York Sun8ced0502015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004248- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4249 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4250
York Sunb6a35f82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004251- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4252 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4253
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004254- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004255 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4256 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004257
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004258- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4259 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4260
4261- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4262 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004263 to the given FEC; i. e.
4264 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004265 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4266
4267 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4268
4269- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4270 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4271 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4272
4273- CONFIG_RMII
4274 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4275 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4276 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4277
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004278- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4279 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4280 The syntax is:
4281
4282 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4283
4284 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4285 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4286 area should have.
4287
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004288- CONFIG_LOOPW
4289 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004290 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004291
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004292- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4293 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4294 "md/mw" commands.
4295 Examples:
4296
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004297 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004298 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4299
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004300 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004301 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4302
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004303 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004304 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004305
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004306- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004307 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004308 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4309 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4310 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004311
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004312 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4313 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4314 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4315 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004316
Simon Glass90844072016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004317- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
4318 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim7a203682016-07-20 22:56:12 +09004319 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glass90844072016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004320 instruction cache) is still performed.
4321
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004322- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004323 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4324 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4325 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004326
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004327- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4328 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4329 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4330 It is loaded by the SPL.
4331
Ying Zhang0d4f5442013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004332- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4333 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4334 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4335 previous 4k of the .text section.
4336
Simon Glass17dabf02013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004337- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4338 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4339 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4340 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4341 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4342 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4343 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4344 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4345
Simon Glassbfb59802013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004346- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4347 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4348 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Black14f82462012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004349
Heiko Schocher2233e462013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004350- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4351 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4352
Karicheri, Muralidharanc1dc61b2014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004353- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4354 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4355 driver that uses this:
4356 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4357
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004358Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4359-----------------------------------
4360
4361The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4362loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4363This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4364are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4365within that device.
4366
Zhao Qiang83a90842014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004367- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4368 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4369 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4370 is also specified.
4371
4372- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4373 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004374 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4375 is also specified.
4376
4377- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4378 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4379 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4380 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4381 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4382
4383- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4384 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4385 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4386 virtual address in NOR flash.
4387
4388- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4389 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4390 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4391
4392- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4393 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4394 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4395
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004396- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4397 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4398 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004399 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4400 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4401 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004402
J. German Rivera8ff14b72014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004403Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4404---------------------------------------------------------
4405The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4406"firmware".
4407This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4408are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4409within that device.
4410
4411- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4412 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4413
Prabhakar Kushwaha853a9012015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304414Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
4415-------------------------------------------
4416The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
4417"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
4418This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
4419
York Sun928b6812015-12-07 11:08:58 -08004420- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
4421 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha853a9012015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304422
Paul Kocialkowski7b917022015-07-26 18:48:15 +02004423Reproducible builds
4424-------------------
4425
4426In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
4427process have to be set to a fixed value.
4428
4429This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
4430SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
4431option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
4432
4433SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
4434
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004435Building the Software:
4436======================
4437
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004438Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4439and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4440all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4441(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4442recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4443which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004444
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004445If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4446have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4447you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4448Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4449necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004450
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004451 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4452 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004453
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004454Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4455 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4456 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4457 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4458
4459 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4460
4461 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4462 be executed on computers running Windows.
4463
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004464U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4465sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004466is done by typing:
4467
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004468 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004469
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004470where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004471rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004472
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004473Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4474 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4475 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4476 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004477 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004478
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004479 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004480 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004481
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004482 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004483 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004484
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004485 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004486
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004487
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004488Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4489images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004490
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004491- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4492- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4493- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004494
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004495By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4496in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4497this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4498
44991. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4500
4501 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004502 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004503 make O=/tmp/build all
4504
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +020045052. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004506
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004507 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004508 make distclean
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004509 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004510 make all
4511
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004512Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004513variable.
4514
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004515
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004516Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4517for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4518native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004519
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004520
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004521If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4522to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4523steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004524
Phil Sutterc77b4882015-12-25 14:41:18 +010045251. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004526 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutterc77b4882015-12-25 14:41:18 +01004527 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
45282. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4529 your board.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000045303. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4531 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +020045324. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000045335. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4534 to be installed on your target system.
45356. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4536 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004537
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004538
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004539Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4540==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004541
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004542If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4543or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004544provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4545the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004546official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004547
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004548But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4549cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004550the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glassdc27def2016-07-27 20:33:08 -06004551just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
4552configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
4553will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
4554for documentation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004555
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004556
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004557See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004558
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004560Monitor Commands - Overview:
4561============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004562
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004563go - start application at address 'addr'
4564run - run commands in an environment variable
4565bootm - boot application image from memory
4566bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004567bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004568tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4569 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4570 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004571tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004572rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4573diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4574loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4575loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4576md - memory display
4577mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4578nm - memory modify (constant address)
4579mw - memory write (fill)
4580cp - memory copy
4581cmp - memory compare
4582crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004583i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004584sspi - SPI utility commands
4585base - print or set address offset
4586printenv- print environment variables
4587setenv - set environment variables
4588saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4589protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4590erase - erase FLASH memory
4591flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc4baf03d2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004592nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004593bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4594iminfo - print header information for application image
4595coninfo - print console devices and informations
4596ide - IDE sub-system
4597loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004598loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004599mtest - simple RAM test
4600icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4601dcache - enable or disable data cache
4602reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4603echo - echo args to console
4604version - print monitor version
4605help - print online help
4606? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004607
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004608
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004609Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4610========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004611
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004612TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004613
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004614For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004615
4616
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004617Environment Variables:
4618======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004619
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004620U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4621can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004622
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004623Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4624"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4625without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4626environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4627working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4628environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004629
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004630Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4631
4632List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004633
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004634 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004635
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004636 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004637
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004638 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004639
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004640 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004641
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004642 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004643
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004644 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4645 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4646 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4647 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4648 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4649 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004650 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4651 bootm_mapsize.
4652
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004653 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004654 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4655 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4656 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4657 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4658 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4659 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004660
4661 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4662 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4663 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4664 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4665 environment variable.
4666
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004667 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4668 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4669 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4670
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004671 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4672 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4673 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4674 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004675
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004676 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4677 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4678 be automatically started (by internally calling
4679 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004680
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004681 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4682 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4683 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4684 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4685 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004686
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004687 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4688 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004689 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4690 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4691 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4692 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4693 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4694 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4695 access it during the boot procedure.
4696
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004697 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4698 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4699 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4700 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4701 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4702 must be accessible by the kernel.
4703
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004704 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4705 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4706 defined.
4707
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004708 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4709 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4710 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4711 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4712 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4713
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004714 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4715 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4716 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4717 is usually what you want since it allows for
4718 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4719 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004720 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004721 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4722 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4723 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4724 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004726 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4727 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4728 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4729 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4730 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4731 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004732
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004733 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004734
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004735 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4736 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4737 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4738 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4739 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4740 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4741 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004742
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004743 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004745 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4746 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004747
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004748 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004749
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004751
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004752 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004753
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004754 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004755
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004756 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004758 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004759
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004760 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4761 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004762
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004763 => setenv ethact FEC
4764 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4765 => setenv ethact SCC
4766 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004767
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004768 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4769 available network interfaces.
4770 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4771
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004772 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004773 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4774 When set to "once" the network operation will
4775 fail when all the available network interfaces
4776 are tried once without success.
4777 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4778 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004779
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004780 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004781
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004782 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass5db3f932013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004783 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4784 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4785 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4786 is silent.
4787
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004788 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004789 UDP source port.
4790
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004791 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004792 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4793
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004794 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4795 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4796
4797 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4798 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4799 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4800 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4801 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4802 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4803 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4804
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004805 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
4806 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
4807 can happen during a single file transfer before that
4808 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
4809 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
4810 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
4811 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
4812
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004813 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004814 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004815 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004816
Alexandre Messier15971322016-02-01 17:08:57 -05004817 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
4818 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
4819 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
4820 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
4821 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
4822
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004823The following image location variables contain the location of images
4824used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4825not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4826variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4827server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4828loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4829flash or offset in NAND flash.
4830
4831*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevambb7d4972015-04-25 18:53:10 -03004832boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004833boards use these variables for other purposes.
4834
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004835Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4836----- --------- ----------- --------------
4837u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4838Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4839device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4840ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004841
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004842The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4843updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4844depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004845
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004846 bootfile - see above
4847 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4848 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4849 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4850 hostname - Target hostname
4851 ipaddr - see above
4852 netmask - Subnet Mask
4853 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4854 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004855
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004856
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004857There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004858
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004859 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4860 as type string and/or serial number
4861 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004862
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004863These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4864the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4865once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004866
4867
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004868Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004869
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004870 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4871 with the "version" command. This variable is
4872 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004873
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004874
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004875Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4876only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004877
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004878
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004879Callback functions for environment variables:
4880---------------------------------------------
4881
4882For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004883when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004884be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4885deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4886effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4887
4888The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4889U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4890
4891These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4892static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4893in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4894associations. The list must be in the following format:
4895
4896 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4897 list = entry[,list]
4898
4899If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4900Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4901
4902Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4903with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4904override any association in the static list. You can define
4905CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004906".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004907
Joe Hershberger6db9fd42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05004908If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4909regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
4910the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
4911
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004912
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004913Command Line Parsing:
4914=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004915
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004916There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4917the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004918
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004919Old, simple command line parser:
4920--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004921
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004922- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4923- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004924- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004925- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4926 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004927 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004928- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4929 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004930
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004931Hush shell:
4932-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004933
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004934- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4935 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4936 until...do...done, ...
4937- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4938 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4939 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4940 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004941
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004942General rules:
4943--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004944
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004945(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4946 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4947 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4948 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004949
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004950(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004951 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004952 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4953 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004954
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004955Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4956=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004957
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004958Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004959such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4960"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004961
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004962Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4963MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4964"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004965
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004966If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4967in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4968ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4969variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004970
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004971o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4972 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004973
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004974o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4975 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4976 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004977
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004978o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4979 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004980
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004981o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4982 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4983 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004984
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004985o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershberger2dc2b5d2015-05-04 14:55:13 -05004986 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
4987 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004988
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004989If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004990will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004991may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4992The naming convention is as follows:
4993"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004994
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004995Image Formats:
4996==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004997
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004998U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4999images in two formats:
5000
5001New uImage format (FIT)
5002-----------------------
5003
5004Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5005to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5006components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5007SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5008
5009
5010Old uImage format
5011-----------------
5012
5013Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5014preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5015details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005016
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005017* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5018 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005019 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5020 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5021 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk83c15852006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005022* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005023 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5024 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005025* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5026* Load Address
5027* Entry Point
5028* Image Name
5029* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005030
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005031The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5032and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5033CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005034
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005035
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005036Linux Support:
5037==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005038
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005039Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5040easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5041U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005042
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005043U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5044special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5045"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5046instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5047serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005048
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5050 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5051 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005052
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005053- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5054 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005055
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005056- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5057 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5058 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5059 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5060 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5061 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005062
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005063
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005064Linux HOWTO:
5065============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005066
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005067Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5068---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005069
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005070U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5071configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5072(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5073Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005074
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005075But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005076
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005077Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5078include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005079Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5080and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005081as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005082
Simon Glassd097e592014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005083Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5084If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5085is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5086doc/driver-model.
5087
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089Configuring the Linux kernel:
5090-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005091
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005092No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5093device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005094
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005095
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005096Building a Linux Image:
5097-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005098
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005099With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5100not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5101"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5102U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5103which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5104100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005105
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005106Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005107
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005108 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005109 make oldconfig
5110 make dep
5111 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005112
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005113The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5114encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5115CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005116
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005117* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005118
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005119* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005120
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005121 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5122 -R .note -R .comment \
5123 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005124
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005125* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005126
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005127 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005128
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005129* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005130
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005131 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5132 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5133 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005134
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005135
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005136The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5137with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5138combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5139byte header containing information about target architecture,
5140operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5141stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005142
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005143"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5144print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005145
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5147contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5148checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005149
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005150 tools/mkimage -l image
5151 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005152
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005153The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5154from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005155
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005156 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5157 -n name -d data_file image
5158 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5159 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5160 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5161 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5162 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5163 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5164 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5165 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005166
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005167Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5168address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5169kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005170
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005171- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5172- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005173
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005174So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005175
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005176 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5177 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005178 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005179 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5180 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5181 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5182 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5183 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5184 Load Address: 0x00000000
5185 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005186
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005187To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005188
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005189 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5190 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5191 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5192 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5193 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5194 Load Address: 0x00000000
5195 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005196
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005197NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5198speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5199needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5200need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005201
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005202 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005203 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5204 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005205 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005206 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5207 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5208 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5209 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5210 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5211 Load Address: 0x00000000
5212 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005213
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005214
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005215Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5216when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005217
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005218 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5219 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5220 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5221 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5222 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5223 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5224 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5225 Load Address: 0x00000000
5226 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005227
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005228The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5229option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5230option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5231from the image:
5232
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira40bf5632015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005233 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5234 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5235 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5236 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005237
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005238
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005239Installing a Linux Image:
5240-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005241
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005242To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5243you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005244
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005245 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005246
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005247The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5248image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5249address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5250specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5251command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005252
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005253Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5254TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005255
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005256 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005257
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005258 .......... done
5259 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005260
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005261 => loads 40100000
5262 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5263 ~>examples/image.srec
5264 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5265 ...
5266 15989 15990 15991 15992
5267 [file transfer complete]
5268 [connected]
5269 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005270
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005271
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005272You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005273this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005274corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005275
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005277
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005278 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5279 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5280 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5281 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5282 Load Address: 00000000
5283 Entry Point: 0000000c
5284 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005285
5286
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005287Boot Linux:
5288-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005289
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005290The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5291memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5292of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5293parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5294"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005295
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005296
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005297 => printenv bootargs
5298 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005299
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005300 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005301
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005302 => printenv bootargs
5303 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005304
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005305 => bootm 40020000
5306 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5307 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5308 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5309 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5310 Load Address: 00000000
5311 Entry Point: 0000000c
5312 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5313 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5314 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5315 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5316 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5317 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5318 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5319 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005320
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005321If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005322the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5323format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005324
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005325 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005326
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005327 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5328 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5329 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5330 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5331 Load Address: 00000000
5332 Entry Point: 0000000c
5333 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005334
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005335 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5336 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5337 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5338 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5339 Load Address: 00000000
5340 Entry Point: 00000000
5341 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005342
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005343 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5344 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5345 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5346 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5347 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5348 Load Address: 00000000
5349 Entry Point: 0000000c
5350 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5351 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5352 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5353 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5354 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5355 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5356 Load Address: 00000000
5357 Entry Point: 00000000
5358 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5359 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5360 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5361 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5362 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5363 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5364 ...
5365 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5366 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005367
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005368 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005369
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005370Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5371-----------
5372
5373First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5374titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5375following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5376flat device tree:
5377
5378=> print oftaddr
5379oftaddr=0x300000
5380=> print oft
5381oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5382=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5383Speed: 1000, full duplex
5384Using TSEC0 device
5385TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5386Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5387Load address: 0x300000
5388Loading: #
5389done
5390Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5391=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5392Speed: 1000, full duplex
5393Using TSEC0 device
5394TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5395Filename 'uImage'.
5396Load address: 0x200000
5397Loading:############
5398done
5399Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5400=> print loadaddr
5401loadaddr=200000
5402=> print oftaddr
5403oftaddr=0x300000
5404=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5405## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005406 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5407 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5408 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005409 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005410 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005411 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5412 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5413Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5414Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5415Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5416[snip]
5417
5418
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005419More About U-Boot Image Types:
5420------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005421
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005422U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005423
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005424 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5425 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5426 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5427 the Standalone Program.
5428 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5429 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5430 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5431 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5432 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5433 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5434 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5435 being started.
5436 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5437 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5438 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5439 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5440 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5441 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005442
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005443 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5444 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5445 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5446 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5447 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5448 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005449
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005450 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5451 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5452 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005453
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005454 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5455 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5456 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5457 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005458
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005459Booting the Linux zImage:
5460-------------------------
5461
5462On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5463using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5464as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5465
Tom Rini45f46d12013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005466Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005467kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5468address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5469format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5470
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005471
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005472Standalone HOWTO:
5473=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005474
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005475One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5476run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5477U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005478
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005479Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005480
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005481"Hello World" Demo:
5482-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005483
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005484'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5485application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5486It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5487like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005488
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005489 => loads
5490 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5491 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5492 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5493 [file transfer complete]
5494 [connected]
5495 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005496
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005497 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5498 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5499 Hello World
5500 argc = 7
5501 argv[0] = "40004"
5502 argv[1] = "Hello"
5503 argv[2] = "World!"
5504 argv[3] = "This"
5505 argv[4] = "is"
5506 argv[5] = "a"
5507 argv[6] = "test."
5508 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5509 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005510
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005511 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005512
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005513Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5514handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5515Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5516The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5517character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5518controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005519
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005520 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5521 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5522 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5523 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005524
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005525 => loads
5526 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5527 ~>examples/timer.srec
5528 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5529 [file transfer complete]
5530 [connected]
5531 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005532
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005533 => go 40004
5534 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5535 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5536 Using timer 1
5537 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005538
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005539Hit 'b':
5540 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5541 Enabling timer
5542Hit '?':
5543 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5544 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5545Hit '?':
5546 [q, b, e, ?] .
5547 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5548Hit '?':
5549 [q, b, e, ?] .
5550 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5551Hit '?':
5552 [q, b, e, ?] .
5553 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5554Hit 'e':
5555 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5556Hit 'q':
5557 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005558
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005559
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005560Minicom warning:
5561================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005562
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005563Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5564"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5565consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5566Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5567especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pinca0189bb2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005568use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5569http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5570for help with kermit.
5571
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005572
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005573Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5574configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005575
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005576 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5577 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5578 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005579
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005580
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005581NetBSD Notes:
5582=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005583
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005584Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5585(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005586
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005587Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5588NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5589need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5590Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5591attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5592missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005593
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005594 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5595 # mkdir powerpc
5596 # ln -s powerpc machine
5597 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5598 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005599
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005600Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5601and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005602
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005603Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5604stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5605proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5606tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005607meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005608
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005609
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005610Implementation Internals:
5611=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005612
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005613The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5614implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5615inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5616hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005617
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005618
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005619Initial Stack, Global Data:
5620---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005621
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005622The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5623starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5624system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5625This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5626is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5627at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5628options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5629models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5630MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5631locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005632
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005633 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005634 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005635
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005636 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5637 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5638 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5639 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005640
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005641 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5642 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5643 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5644 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5645 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005646 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005647 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5648 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005649
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005650 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5651 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005652 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005653 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5654 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5655 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5656 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005657
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005658 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005659 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5660 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005661 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005662 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5663 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5664 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5665 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5666 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005667
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005668 -Chris Hallinan
5669 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005670
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005671It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5672code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005673
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005674* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5675 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005676
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005677* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005678 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5679 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005680
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005681* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5682 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005683
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005684Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005685normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005686turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5687simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5688functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5689functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5690the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5691place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5692reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005693
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005694When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5695relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5696GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005697
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005698For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5699 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005700 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005701 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5702 R5-R10: parameter passing
5703 R13: small data area pointer
5704 R30: GOT pointer
5705 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005706
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005707 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5708 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5709 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005710
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005711 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005712
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005713 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5714 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5715 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5716 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5717 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5718 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005719
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005720On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005721
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005722 R0: function argument word/integer result
5723 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005724 R9: platform specific
5725 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005726 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5727 R12: temporary workspace
5728 R13: stack pointer
5729 R14: link register
5730 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005731
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005732 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5733
5734 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005735
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005736On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5737 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5738
5739 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5740
5741 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5742 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5743
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005744On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5745
5746 R0-R1: argument/return
5747 R2-R5: argument
5748 R15: temporary register for assembler
5749 R16: trampoline register
5750 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5751 R29: global pointer (GP)
5752 R30: link register (LP)
5753 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5754 PC: program counter (PC)
5755
5756 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5757
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005758NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5759or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005760
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005761Memory Management:
5762------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005763
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005764U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5765MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005766
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005767The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5768controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5769memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5770physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005771
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005772U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5773TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5774booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5775to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005776memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005777configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5778Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005779
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005780Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5781of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005782
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005783So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5784this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005785
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005786 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5787 :
5788 0x0000 1FFF
5789 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5790 :
5791 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005792
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005793 :
5794 :
5795 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5796 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5797 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5798 :
5799 0x00FD FFFF
5800 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5801 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5802 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5803 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005804
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005805
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005806System Initialization:
5807----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005808
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005810(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005811configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005812To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5813To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5814initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5815which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5816part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5817the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005818
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005819Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5820preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5821(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5822on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5823programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5824simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5825banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005826
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005827When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5828different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5829bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
58300x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5831contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005832
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005833Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5834and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5835Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5836pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005837
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005838Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5839until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5840running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5841new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005842
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005843
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005844U-Boot Porting Guide:
5845----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005846
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005847[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5848list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005849
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005850
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005851int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005852{
5853 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005854
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005855 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5856 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005857
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005858 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005859 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005860 return 0;
5861 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005862
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005863 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00005864
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005865 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005866
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005867 if (clueless)
5868 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005869
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005870 while (learning) {
5871 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005872 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5873 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005874 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005875 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005876 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005877
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005878 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5879 Buy a BDI3000;
5880 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005881 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005882
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005883 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5884 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5885 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5886 } else {
5887 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5888 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
5889 }
5890 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5891 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005892
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005893 while (!accepted) {
5894 while (!running) {
5895 do {
5896 Add / modify source code;
5897 } until (compiles);
5898 Debug;
5899 if (clueless)
5900 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5901 }
5902 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5903 if (reasonable critiques)
5904 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5905 else
5906 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005907 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005908
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005909 return 0;
5910}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005911
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005912void no_more_time (int sig)
5913{
5914 hire_a_guru();
5915}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005916
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005917
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005918Coding Standards:
5919-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005920
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005921All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005922coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005923"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005924
5925Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5926MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005927reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005928sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005929
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005930Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5931Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5932in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00005933
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005934Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5935- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005936- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005937- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005938- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005939- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005940
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005941Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5942with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005943
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005944
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005945Submitting Patches:
5946-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005947
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005948Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5949establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5950may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005951
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005952Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005953
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005954Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5955see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5956
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005957When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5958it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005959
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005960* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5961 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5962 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005963
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005964* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5965 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005966
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005967* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005968
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -05005969* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
5970 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005971
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +02005972* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
5973 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005974
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005975* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5976 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005977
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005978* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5979 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005980 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005981 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5982 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00005983
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005984 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5985 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5986 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005987
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005988 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5989 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5990 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5991 affected files).
5992
5993 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5994 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005995
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005996* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5997 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00005998
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005999* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6000 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006001
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006002
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006003Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006004
Simon Glassdc27def2016-07-27 20:33:08 -06006005* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006006 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6007 for any of the boards.
6008
6009* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6010 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6011 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006012
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006013* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6014 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6015 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6016 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6017 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6018 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006019
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006020* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6021 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6022 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6023 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.